9895 lines
380 KiB
Plaintext
9895 lines
380 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Maksym <ms@myodoo.pl>, 2023
|
||
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023
|
||
# Paweł Wodyński <pw@myodoo.pl>, 2023
|
||
# Wil Odoo, 2023
|
||
# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-26 06:37+0000\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: pl\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4) && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n!=1 && (n%10>=0 && n%10<=1) || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=12 && n%100<=14) ? 2 : 3);\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Sales"
|
||
msgstr "Sprzedaż"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8
|
||
msgid "CRM"
|
||
msgstr "CRM"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo CRM** helps you organize your sales activities: track leads, close "
|
||
"opportunities and get accurate forecasts. Keep opportunities organized with "
|
||
"the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next "
|
||
"activities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM <https://www.odoo.com/slides/crm-16>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Acquire leads"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Convert leads into opportunities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a "
|
||
"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and "
|
||
"assigning to the right sales people."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your "
|
||
"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific "
|
||
"channels from their configuration form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:20
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Konfiguracja"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will "
|
||
"aggregate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an "
|
||
"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same "
|
||
"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, "
|
||
"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that "
|
||
"customer already exists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Merge opportunities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the"
|
||
" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information"
|
||
" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the "
|
||
"information present on the first opportunity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the "
|
||
"chatter and the information fields for easy access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or "
|
||
"leads even if the system doesn't propose it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want "
|
||
"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67
|
||
msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Generate leads/opportunities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are "
|
||
"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates "
|
||
"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email "
|
||
"alias or fills out a contact form on your website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Configure email aliases"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate "
|
||
"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will "
|
||
"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or"
|
||
" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom "
|
||
"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configuring Sales Teams"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use "
|
||
"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity "
|
||
"is generated in your database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Default Contact Us page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Contact Form toggle"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button"
|
||
" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a "
|
||
"lead/opportunity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Contact Us Page using email"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the "
|
||
"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Contact Form settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Customize Contact Forms"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team "
|
||
"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is "
|
||
"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed "
|
||
"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Form Builder building blocks"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. "
|
||
"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' "
|
||
"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Edit Contact Form fields"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The "
|
||
"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. "
|
||
"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. "
|
||
"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to "
|
||
"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or "
|
||
"email address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what "
|
||
"information is needed from them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the "
|
||
"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left "
|
||
"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely"
|
||
" need entered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting "
|
||
"it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users "
|
||
"on mobile devices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Editable field options"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the "
|
||
"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a "
|
||
"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an "
|
||
"Opportunity` as the Action."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an "
|
||
"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads "
|
||
"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Lead mining"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads "
|
||
"directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining"
|
||
" output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the "
|
||
"country, the company size, and the industry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Generate leads"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called "
|
||
":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` "
|
||
"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through "
|
||
":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through "
|
||
":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate "
|
||
"Leads` button is also available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear "
|
||
"offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The pop-up window with the selection criteria in order to generate leads in "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company "
|
||
"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get "
|
||
"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When"
|
||
" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to "
|
||
"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Additional filtering options include:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the "
|
||
"company"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they"
|
||
" are located in"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located"
|
||
" in, if applicable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they "
|
||
"work in"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned "
|
||
"to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads "
|
||
"will be assigned to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the "
|
||
"leads once found"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact "
|
||
"information. Get more information about the General Data Protection "
|
||
"Regulation on `Odoo GDPR <http://odoo.com/gdpr>`_."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Pricing"
|
||
msgstr "Ceny"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs "
|
||
"one credit."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one "
|
||
"additional credit for each contact generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP "
|
||
"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/ in-app-services/167?>`_."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings "
|
||
"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Users of Odoo Online (SaaS) Enterprise automatically have free trial credits"
|
||
" in their database to test any IAP features."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Send quotations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to "
|
||
"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Create a new quotation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* "
|
||
"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the "
|
||
"*Quotations* menu on that page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Mark them won/lost"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the "
|
||
"process along."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban "
|
||
"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards "
|
||
"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople "
|
||
"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to "
|
||
"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges "
|
||
"inspired by game mechanics."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds"
|
||
" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Create a challenge"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||
"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate"
|
||
" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go "
|
||
"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include "
|
||
"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your "
|
||
"challenge as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Assign a responsible;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Select your goals;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end "
|
||
"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the "
|
||
"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is"
|
||
" manually closed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales"
|
||
" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and "
|
||
"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be "
|
||
"granted with a badge."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the challenge form and a challenge being created for Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Set up goals"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) "
|
||
"and compare members of a team throughout time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add "
|
||
"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your "
|
||
"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, "
|
||
"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame "
|
||
"based on your management preferences, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the goal definition form and a goal definition being created for "
|
||
"Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data "
|
||
"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Set up rewards"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a "
|
||
"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to "
|
||
"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges "
|
||
"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||
" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with "
|
||
"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and "
|
||
"quickly get all the information you need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner "
|
||
"Autocomplete* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of "
|
||
"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact"
|
||
" will be populated with corporate data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the information being shown about odoo with the autocomplete option "
|
||
"in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a "
|
||
"company name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires"
|
||
" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner "
|
||
"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when "
|
||
"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit "
|
||
"from free trial credits to test the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here "
|
||
"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Analyze performance"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly "
|
||
"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales "
|
||
"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in "
|
||
"Python but programming skills are not required."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *General Settings*, activate *Google Drive* and *Google "
|
||
"Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* "
|
||
"are now available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Google Drive and Google Spreadsheet features in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Get Authorization Code"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Select your Google account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Enter your password"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Copy the code"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Paste it into the Authorization Code field"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to "
|
||
"Google Spreadsheet*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the CRM application, for example, click on add to Google Spreadsheet in"
|
||
" Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:36
|
||
msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by "
|
||
"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:45
|
||
msgid "From this new file, configure your database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> "
|
||
"Username --> Password`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Menu called Odoo is shown on the settings bar in the Spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Applications"
|
||
msgstr "Aplikacje"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You have two different formulas available when using Google Spreadsheet in "
|
||
"Odoo: *retrieve data* and *retrieve grouped sums*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested"
|
||
" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no "
|
||
"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several "
|
||
"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is "
|
||
"usually fine."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Retrieve Data"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse "
|
||
"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the "
|
||
"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Table with examples of arguments to use in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group "
|
||
"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to "
|
||
"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Find some arguments in the table below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Table with examples of grouped sum arguments to use in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Other uses"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create "
|
||
"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the "
|
||
"Win/Loss ratio."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the"
|
||
" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click "
|
||
"on filter and check Won/Lost."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18
|
||
msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23
|
||
msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Organize the pipeline"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage lost opportunities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will"
|
||
" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo "
|
||
"can help you recover them in the future."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Mark a lead as lost"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a "
|
||
"*Mark Lost* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right "
|
||
"there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Manage & create lost reasons"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Lost Reasons`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a"
|
||
" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39
|
||
msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost "
|
||
"Reason*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44
|
||
msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Restore lost opportunities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any "
|
||
"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by "
|
||
"clicking on *Archived*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to"
|
||
" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can "
|
||
"also archive the same way."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66
|
||
msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you "
|
||
"want to take."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Multiple sales teams"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or"
|
||
" channels, each with their own unique sales processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Create a new sales team"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically "
|
||
"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent"
|
||
" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from "
|
||
":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Followers Only`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly "
|
||
"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to "
|
||
"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or "
|
||
"campaign."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Add members to a sales team"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab"
|
||
" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from"
|
||
" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads"
|
||
" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that "
|
||
"they do not overwork."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to "
|
||
"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they"
|
||
" need to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Sales team dashboard"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> "
|
||
"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard "
|
||
"tiles."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, "
|
||
"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of "
|
||
"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu "
|
||
"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or "
|
||
"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's "
|
||
"configuration page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create "
|
||
"opportunities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM "
|
||
"pipeline."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Assign and track leads"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Assign leads with predictive lead scoring"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Odoo *CRM* app can automatically assign leads/opportunities to sales "
|
||
"teams and salespeople. A standard practice is to assign leads based on the "
|
||
"probability of winning each lead. Companies can prioritize the leads that "
|
||
"are more likely to result in successful deals by quickly assigning them to "
|
||
"the appropriate salespeople."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo automatically calculates the probability of winning each lead using a "
|
||
"method called *predictive lead scoring*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Predictive lead scoring"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Predictive lead scoring is a machine-learning model that uses historical "
|
||
"data from Odoo *CRM* to score open leads/opportunities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a company processes opportunities through the CRM pipeline, Odoo collects"
|
||
" data on which opportunities are won and lost. Predictive lead scoring uses "
|
||
"this data to predict the probability of winning each new lead or "
|
||
"opportunity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The more opportunities that are sent through the CRM pipeline, the more data"
|
||
" Odoo collects, resulting in more accurate probabilities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Specifically, Odoo's predictive lead scoring uses the *naive Bayes* "
|
||
"probability model:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"\\begin{equation}\n"
|
||
"P(A | B) = \\frac{P(A) \\times P(B | A)}{P(B)}\n"
|
||
"\\end{equation}\n"
|
||
"\n"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The probability of success of each opportunity is displayed on the "
|
||
"opportunity form, and it updates automatically as the opportunity progresses"
|
||
" through the CRM pipeline."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The probability of success displayed on the opportunity form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an opportunity moves to the next stage, its probability of success "
|
||
"automatically increases according to the predictive lead scoring algorithm."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Predictive lead scoring is always active in Odoo *CRM*. However, the "
|
||
"variables used to calculate the probability of success can be customized in "
|
||
"the settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To customize the variables used by predictive lead scoring, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under "
|
||
":guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring`, click on the :guilabel:`Update "
|
||
"Probabilities` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on the drop-down menu to choose which variables the predictive "
|
||
"lead scoring feature will take into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Update Probabilities window in the Predictive Lead Scoring settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Any number of the following variables can be activated:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`State`: the geographical state from which the opportunity "
|
||
"originates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Country`: the geographical country from which the opportunity "
|
||
"originates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Phone Quality`: whether or not a phone number is listed for the "
|
||
"opportunity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Email Quality`: whether or not an email address is listed for the"
|
||
" opportunity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Source`: the source of an opportunity (e.g. search engine, social"
|
||
" media)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:67
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Language`: the spoken language specified on the opportunity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: the tags placed on the opportunity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The variables `Stage` and `Team` are always in effect. `Stage` refers to the"
|
||
" CRM pipeline stage that an opportunity is in. `Team` refers to the sales "
|
||
"team that is assigned to an opportunity. Predictive lead scoring *always* "
|
||
"takes into account these two variables, regardless of which optional "
|
||
"variables are selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click on the date field next to the option :guilabel:`Consider leads "
|
||
"created as of the:` to select the date from which predictive lead scoring "
|
||
"will begin its calculations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Change the probability manually"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An opportunity's probability of success can be changed manually on the "
|
||
"opportunity form. Click on the probability number to edit it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually changing the probability removes the automatic probability updates "
|
||
"for that opportunity. The probability will no longer update automatically as"
|
||
" the opportunity moves through each stage of the pipeline."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To reactivate automatic probability, click on the gear icon next to the "
|
||
"probability percentage."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The gear icon used to reactivate automatic probability on an opportunity "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Assign leads based on probability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo *CRM* can assign leads/opportunities to sales teams and salespeople "
|
||
"based on specified rules. Create assignment rules based on the leads' "
|
||
"probability of success to prioritize those that are more likely to result in"
|
||
" deals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:106
|
||
msgid "Configure rule-based assignment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate *rule-based assignment*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and activate :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rule-based assignment feature can be set to run :guilabel:`Manually`, "
|
||
"meaning an Odoo user must manually trigger the assignment, or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Repeatedly`, meaning Odoo will automatically trigger the "
|
||
"assignment according to the chosen time period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up automatic lead assignment, select :guilabel:`Repeatedly` for the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Running` section. Then, customize how often Odoo will trigger the"
|
||
" automatic assignment in the :guilabel:`Repeat every` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Rule-Based Assignment setting in CRM settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If rule-based assignment is set to run :guilabel:`Repeatedly`, the "
|
||
"assignment can still be triggered manually using the circular arrow icon in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` settings (or using the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Assign Leads` button on the sales team configuration page)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:128
|
||
msgid "Configure assignment rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, configure the *assignment rules* for each sales team and/or "
|
||
"salesperson. These rules determine which leads Odoo assigns to which people."
|
||
" To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales"
|
||
" Teams`, and select a sales team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the sales team configuration form, under :guilabel:`Assignment Rules`, "
|
||
"click on :guilabel:`Edit Domain` to configure the rules that Odoo uses to "
|
||
"determine lead assignment for this sales team. The rules can include "
|
||
"anything that may be relevant for this company or team, and any number of "
|
||
"rules can be added."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Add Filter` to start creating assignment rules. Click on "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`+` sign on the right of the assignment rule to add another "
|
||
"line. Click on the :guilabel:`x` symbol to remove the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an assignment rule based on an opportunity's probability of "
|
||
"success, click on the far left drop-down menu of an assignment rule line, "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Probability`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the middle drop-down menu, select the desired equation symbol—most "
|
||
"likely the symbol for *greater than*, *less than*, *greater than or equal "
|
||
"to*, or *less than or equal to*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the far right space, enter the desired number value of the probability. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure an assignment rule such that a sales team receives leads that "
|
||
"have a probability of success of 20% or greater, create a :guilabel:`Domain`"
|
||
" line that reads: `Probability >= 20`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sales team domain set to probability greater than or equal to twenty "
|
||
"percent."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Separate assignment rules can also be configured for individual team "
|
||
"members. From the sales team configuration page, click on a team member in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Members` tab, then edit the :guilabel:`Domain` section. Click"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:164
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If automatic lead assignment is configured in the settings, both the sales "
|
||
"team and individual team members have the option to :guilabel:`Skip auto "
|
||
"assignment`. Check this box to omit a particular sales team or salesperson "
|
||
"from being assigned leads automatically by Odoo's rule-based assignment "
|
||
"feature. If :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` is activated, the sales team or"
|
||
" salesperson can still be assigned leads manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually assign leads to this sales team, click on the :guilabel:`Assign "
|
||
"Leads` button at the top of the sales team configuration page. This will "
|
||
"assign any leads that are currently unassigned and match this team's "
|
||
"specified domain."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Track your prospects visits"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the "
|
||
"interests of your website visitors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if "
|
||
"they use the contact form on your website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your "
|
||
"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Track a webpage"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the "
|
||
"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29
|
||
msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35
|
||
msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of "
|
||
"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on "
|
||
"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* "
|
||
"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more "
|
||
"pages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the "
|
||
"chatter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Point of Sale"
|
||
msgstr "Punkt sprzedaży"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops and restaurants easily. The app "
|
||
"works on any device with a web browser, even if you are temporarily offline."
|
||
" Product moves are automatically registered in your stock, you get real-time"
|
||
" statistics, and your data is consolidated across all shops."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials <https://www.odoo.com/slides/point-"
|
||
"of-sale-28>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14
|
||
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Start a session"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the **POS dashboard**, click :guilabel:`New Session` and at the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` screen, click :guilabel:`Open Session` to "
|
||
"start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is"
|
||
" already opened."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`Multiple users <point_of_sale/employee_login>` can be logged into the "
|
||
"same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once "
|
||
"on the same browser."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Sell products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on products to add them to the cart. To change the **quantity**, click"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad. To add a"
|
||
" **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively "
|
||
":guilabel:`Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once an order is completed, proceed to checkout by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Payment`. Select the **payment method**, enter the received "
|
||
"amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move "
|
||
"on to the next customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1
|
||
msgid "POS session interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:47
|
||
msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a "
|
||
"payment method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Set customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create and set customers from an :ref:`open POS session "
|
||
"<pos/session-start>`. Registering your customer is necessary to "
|
||
":doc:`collect their loyalty points and grant them rewards "
|
||
"<point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty>`, automatically apply the :doc:`attributed "
|
||
"pricelist <point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists>`, or :ref:`generate and print "
|
||
"an invoice <receipts-invoices/invoices>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the list of customers, click :guilabel:`Customer` on the POS "
|
||
"interface. Then, select a customer or create a new one by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`, completing the form, and saving. Lastly, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Set Customer` to set the selected customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Customer notes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can add **customer notes** about specific products directly from an open"
|
||
" :ref:`POS session <pos/session-start>`. For instance, to provide cleaning "
|
||
"and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer's particular"
|
||
" request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, select a product and click :guilabel:`Customer Note` on the pad. "
|
||
"Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add or modify content for "
|
||
"the note."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO <point_of_sale/shop/sales_order>` "
|
||
"are displayed identically in the cart."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how "
|
||
"they appear in the cart, under the related product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Return and refund products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:95
|
||
msgid "To return and refund a product,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:97
|
||
msgid ":ref:`start a session <pos/session-start>` from the **POS dashboard**;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:98
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:99
|
||
msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:100
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the "
|
||
"refund;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next "
|
||
"customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also refund a product by selecting the returned product from an open"
|
||
" session, and setting a negative quantity that equals the number of returned"
|
||
" products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by "
|
||
"the quantity of returned products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Close the POS session"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To close your session, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper right corner of "
|
||
"your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. "
|
||
"From this screen, you can retrieve various information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"the total of all the transactions made during the session grouped by payment"
|
||
" method;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:122
|
||
msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing"
|
||
" so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer "
|
||
"depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed"
|
||
" amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money "
|
||
"Details` are specified in the **Notes** section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to close a POS session."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` "
|
||
"to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can let the session open by clicking :guilabel:`Keep Session Open` or "
|
||
"abort and keep selling by clicking :guilabel:`Continue Selling`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on your setup, you might not be allowed to close a session if the "
|
||
"expected cash revenue does not equal the counted cash. To close the session,"
|
||
" check :guilabel:`Accept payments difference and post a profit/loss journal "
|
||
"entry`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale "
|
||
"--> Orders --> Sessions`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Access POS settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the general POS settings, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the settings of a specific point of sale, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. "
|
||
"Alternatively, from the Point of Sale dashboard, click the vertical ellipsis"
|
||
" (:guilabel:`⋮`) button on a POS card, then on :guilabel:`Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Make products available"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->"
|
||
" Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Making a product available in your POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. "
|
||
"Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling "
|
||
"the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"These `Epson ePOS printers <https://c4b.epson-"
|
||
"biz.com/modules/community/index.php?content_id=91>`_ are compatible with "
|
||
"Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15
|
||
msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:16
|
||
msgid "TM-T70II-DT"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:17
|
||
msgid "TM-T88V-DT"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:18
|
||
msgid "TM-L90-i"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:19
|
||
msgid "TM-T20II-i"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:20
|
||
msgid "TM-T70-i"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:21
|
||
msgid "TM-T82II-i"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22
|
||
msgid "TM-T83II-i"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:23
|
||
msgid "TM-T88V-i"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24
|
||
msgid "TM-U220-i"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:25
|
||
msgid "TM-m10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:26
|
||
msgid "TM-m30"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:27
|
||
msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28
|
||
msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:29
|
||
msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:30
|
||
msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with Odoo, some models that can be used without an :doc:`IoT box "
|
||
"<../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` may require :doc:`the HTTPS "
|
||
"protocol <https>` to establish a secure connection between the browser and "
|
||
"the printer. However, trying to reach the printer's IP address using HTTPS "
|
||
"leads to a warning page on most web browsers. In that case, you can "
|
||
"temporarily :ref:`force the connection <epos_ssc/instructions>`, which "
|
||
"allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as "
|
||
"long as the browser window stays open."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The connection is lost after closing the browser window. Therefore, this "
|
||
"method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the"
|
||
" :ref:`following instructions <epos_ssc/instructions>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. "
|
||
"Then, export and import it into your browser."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Generating** an SSL certificate should only be done **once**. If you "
|
||
"create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS "
|
||
"access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force "
|
||
"the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to "
|
||
"[IP address] (unsafe)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
|
||
msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201
|
||
msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer "
|
||
"settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your "
|
||
"printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` "
|
||
"section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed "
|
||
"Certificate**. The :guilabel:`Common Name` should be automatically filled "
|
||
"out. If not, fill it in with the printer IP address number. Select the years"
|
||
" the certificate will be valid in the :guilabel:`Validity Period` field, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the "
|
||
"printer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure "
|
||
"**Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server "
|
||
"Certificate` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218
|
||
msgid "Export a self-signed certificate"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
|
||
" and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web "
|
||
"browser by navigating to its IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`). "
|
||
"Then, force the connection as explained in the **Generate a self-signed "
|
||
"certificate tab**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225
|
||
msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233
|
||
msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct "
|
||
"extension;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom "
|
||
"of the pop-up window;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254
|
||
msgid "save, and the certificate is exported."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
|
||
"some browsers might not see the file during the import process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243
|
||
msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245
|
||
msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> "
|
||
"Security tab --> View certificate`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252
|
||
msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Import a self-signed certificate"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
|
||
" and the browser."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:134
|
||
msgid "Windows 10"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Windows 10 manages certificates, which means that self-signed certificates "
|
||
"must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do "
|
||
"so,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install "
|
||
"Certificate`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"select where to install the certificate and for whom - either for the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Next`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"on the `Certificate Store` screen, tick :guilabel:`Place all certificates in"
|
||
" the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:151
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:152
|
||
msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154
|
||
msgid "Linux"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158
|
||
msgid "open Chrome;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> "
|
||
"Manage certificates`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select "
|
||
"the exported certification file;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163
|
||
msgid "accept all warnings;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:164
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175
|
||
msgid "restart your browser."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:170
|
||
msgid "open Firefox;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View "
|
||
"Certificates... --> Import`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:173
|
||
msgid "select the exported certification file;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174
|
||
msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177
|
||
msgid "Mac OS"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these"
|
||
" steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a "
|
||
"warning page;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this "
|
||
"website --> Visit Website`, validate;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:184
|
||
msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open "
|
||
"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
|
||
"some browsers might not find the file during the import process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256
|
||
msgid "Android OS"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export"
|
||
" it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using "
|
||
"email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262
|
||
msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264
|
||
msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the "
|
||
"version of Android and the device manufacturer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270
|
||
msgid "iOS"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it "
|
||
"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, "
|
||
"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the "
|
||
"second pop-up window. Then,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279
|
||
msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281
|
||
msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283
|
||
msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen"
|
||
" and the pop-up window;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do "
|
||
"so,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust "
|
||
"Settings`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293
|
||
msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294
|
||
msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web "
|
||
"browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + "
|
||
"`the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search "
|
||
"engine."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, "
|
||
"search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your "
|
||
"browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305
|
||
msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address "
|
||
"using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your "
|
||
"browser. If the SSL certificate has been applied correctly, you should no "
|
||
"longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock "
|
||
"icon, indicating that the connection is secure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, "
|
||
"if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale "
|
||
"to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System "
|
||
"Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click"
|
||
" on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:18
|
||
msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:19
|
||
msgid "**Value**: `True`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22
|
||
msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Log in with employee"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature "
|
||
"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier "
|
||
"made for that session."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*,"
|
||
" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Set up log in with employees"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with "
|
||
"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to "
|
||
"the cash register."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Switch without pin codes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the"
|
||
" cashier name in your PoS interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the "
|
||
"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, "
|
||
"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and"
|
||
" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Find who was the cashier"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the "
|
||
"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:81
|
||
msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Payment methods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods --> "
|
||
"Create`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this "
|
||
"payment method *exclusively* for registered customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select the :guilabel:`Journal`. Choose :guilabel:`Cash` to use this "
|
||
"payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card "
|
||
"payments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a"
|
||
" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's "
|
||
"information <payment_methods/terminals>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23
|
||
msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. "
|
||
"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings <configuration/settings>`, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` "
|
||
"section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Payment terminals"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows "
|
||
"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, "
|
||
"making the payment process more efficient."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1
|
||
msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration <terminals/adyen>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration <terminals/ingenico>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23
|
||
msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration <terminals/six>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration <terminals/vantiv>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration <terminals/worldline>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding "
|
||
"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Adyen"
|
||
msgstr "Adyen"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment"
|
||
" flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adyen works only with businesses processing **more** than **10 million "
|
||
"annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1,000** transactions **per "
|
||
"month**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start by creating your Adyen account on `Adyen's website "
|
||
"<https://www.adyen.com/>`_. Then, board your terminal following the steps "
|
||
"described on your terminal's screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides "
|
||
"<https://docs.adyen.com/point-of-sale/user-manuals>`_."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Configure the payment method"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings "
|
||
"--> Payment Terminals`, and enable :guilabel:`Adyen`. Then, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new payment "
|
||
"method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` "
|
||
"field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The selected journal **must** be a bank journal for the :guilabel:`Use a "
|
||
"payment terminal` field to appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, fill the mandatory fields with an :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, and an"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Generate an Adyen API key"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Adyen API key** is a key used to authenticate your requests. To "
|
||
"generate an API key, go to your **Adyen account**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new "
|
||
"credential or click on an existing one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the "
|
||
"Odoo mandatory field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Adyen Docs - API credentials <https://docs.adyen.com/development-"
|
||
"resources/api-credentials#generate-api-key>`_."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is your terminal's serial number, which is"
|
||
" used to identify the hardware."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find this number, go to your **Adyen account**. Then, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link, "
|
||
"and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Set the Event URLs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must set the terminal **Event "
|
||
"URLs**. To do so,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67
|
||
msgid "log in to `Adyen's website <https://www.adyen.com/>`_;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and"
|
||
" select the connected terminal;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:70
|
||
msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Decrypted`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by "
|
||
"`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field; and"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Add a new payment method"
|
||
msgstr "Dodaj nową metodę płatności"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add a new **payment method** to a point of sale, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, "
|
||
"select the POS and go to :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, and "
|
||
"add your new method for Adyen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:86
|
||
msgid "Pay with a payment terminal"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. "
|
||
"Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is "
|
||
"successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force "
|
||
"the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to "
|
||
"validate the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you"
|
||
" that the connection failed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:95
|
||
msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Ingenico"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to "
|
||
"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the "
|
||
"Benelux."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Connect an IoT Box"
|
||
msgstr "Połącz z IoT Box"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires "
|
||
"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your "
|
||
"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation "
|
||
"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS "
|
||
"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* "
|
||
"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as "
|
||
"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form "
|
||
"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico "
|
||
"setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of "
|
||
"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a "
|
||
"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option "
|
||
"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment "
|
||
"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered "
|
||
"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on "
|
||
"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment "
|
||
"Successful*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still "
|
||
"retry to send the payment request."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the "
|
||
"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in"
|
||
" Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling "
|
||
"you the connection failed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type "
|
||
"of card that has been used and the transaction ID."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:3
|
||
msgid "SIX"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow "
|
||
"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting in July 2022, it will **not** be possible anymore to connect and "
|
||
"use a Six payment terminal in PoS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both "
|
||
"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. "
|
||
"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this "
|
||
"integration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Configure the Payment Method"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, make sure that the :guilabel:`POS Six` module is installed. For this,"
|
||
" go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for "
|
||
"*POS Six*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The POS Six module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment "
|
||
"Methods`, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new payment method for SIX, "
|
||
"select the payment terminal option :guilabel:`SIX`, and enter the payment "
|
||
"terminal IP address."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` interface, at the moment of the payment, "
|
||
"select a payment method using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in "
|
||
"the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal "
|
||
"and click on :guilabel:`Send`. To cancel the payment request, click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The PoS interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the payment is done, the status will change to :guilabel:`Payment "
|
||
"Successful`. If needed, reverse the last transaction by clicking on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reverse`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Reverse button on the PoS interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the "
|
||
"payment using the :guilabel:`Force Done` button. This will allow you to "
|
||
"validate the order in Odoo even if there are connection issues between the "
|
||
"payment terminal and Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Vantiv"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment "
|
||
"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this"
|
||
" procedure only suitable for North American businesses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv "
|
||
"setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, "
|
||
"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new "
|
||
"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and "
|
||
"create new Vantiv credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, "
|
||
"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then "
|
||
"save the payment method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv "
|
||
"payment method and… that’s all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Worldline"
|
||
msgstr "Worldline"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Connecting a Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires "
|
||
"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect one to your database, "
|
||
"please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation "
|
||
"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Configure the protocol"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> "
|
||
"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on "
|
||
":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> "
|
||
"CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Click on **OK** thrice on the subsequent "
|
||
"screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). "
|
||
"Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Set the IP address"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> "
|
||
"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on "
|
||
":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> "
|
||
"TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK`"
|
||
" (*TCP Configuration client* screen)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Hostname"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers "
|
||
"and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Then, press **OK** twice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> "
|
||
"19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's "
|
||
"database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Port number"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the *Port number* screen, enter **9001** (or **9050** for Windows) and "
|
||
"click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> "
|
||
"OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the Point of Sale application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment "
|
||
"terminal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and create a "
|
||
"new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* "
|
||
"and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Technician password: `1235789`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose "
|
||
"\"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier "
|
||
"terminal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the "
|
||
"amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status "
|
||
"changes to *Payment Successful*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID"
|
||
" appear on the payment record."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the"
|
||
" payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the "
|
||
"order. This option is only available after receiving an error message "
|
||
"informing you that the connection failed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101
|
||
msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Pricing features"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Cash rounding"
|
||
msgstr "Zaokrąglenie gotówki"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of "
|
||
"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the "
|
||
"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is "
|
||
"made in cash."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the "
|
||
"totals of its bills or receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and "
|
||
"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, "
|
||
"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*"
|
||
" option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on "
|
||
"*Create and Edit...*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*,"
|
||
" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding"
|
||
" according to your settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` "
|
||
"rounding strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Discount tags (barcode scanner)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting "
|
||
"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They "
|
||
"allow you to scan discount barcodes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:10
|
||
msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr "Nomenklatura kodu kreskowego"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15
|
||
msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following "
|
||
"barcode:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS "
|
||
"interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode "
|
||
"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) "
|
||
"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Scan the products & tags"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:43
|
||
msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can "
|
||
"finish the transaction."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Discounts"
|
||
msgstr "Upusty"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically "
|
||
"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are "
|
||
"time-limited, seasonal or manually given."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing "
|
||
"strategy tailored to every business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Apply manual discounts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest "
|
||
"solution for your Point of Sale."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products "
|
||
"inside an order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Apply a discount on a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24
|
||
msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Apply a global discount"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* "
|
||
"category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%"
|
||
" discount on oranges."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Apply time-limited discounts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* "
|
||
"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the pricelist feature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in"
|
||
" the PoS and define a default one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Create a pricelist"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on "
|
||
"create."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific "
|
||
"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that "
|
||
"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. "
|
||
"Then, you can finalize the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Tax rates (fiscal positions)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the "
|
||
"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be "
|
||
"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes "
|
||
"away."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now,"
|
||
" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:21
|
||
msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Using fiscal positions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the "
|
||
"fiscal position you need for the current order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Set up a default fiscal position"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting "
|
||
"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, "
|
||
"choose one to set as the default one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* "
|
||
"interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Loyalty programs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a "
|
||
"*Loyalty Program*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
|
||
"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. "
|
||
"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:19
|
||
msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a "
|
||
"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole "
|
||
"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and "
|
||
"everything in between."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the "
|
||
"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent "
|
||
"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the "
|
||
"rules defined in the loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can"
|
||
" finalize the order in your usual way."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You "
|
||
"can of course change it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Pricelists"
|
||
msgstr "Cenniki"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pricelists allow you to adjust product prices depending on various criteria "
|
||
"automatically. For example, you can set POS-specific prices, create "
|
||
"temporary discount periods, reward specific customers, or offer discounts "
|
||
"when set quantities are ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate to the :ref:`general POS app settings <configuration/settings>` and"
|
||
" ensure :guilabel:`Pricelists` are enabled under the :guilabel:`Pricing` "
|
||
"section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Multiple prices per product <pricelists/simple>` is the default "
|
||
"pricelist option for setting simple fixed price rules per product. Select "
|
||
":ref:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas) <pricelists/advanced>` to "
|
||
"apply price rules to multiple products at once and to compute prices "
|
||
"dynamically using percentage discounts or more complex formulas in addition "
|
||
"to setting fixed prices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabling pricelists in the general P0S settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The selected pricelist type applies to the entire database, including the "
|
||
":doc:`Sales <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` and "
|
||
":ref:`eCommerce <multi_website/pricelists>` apps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Create pricelists"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists` and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` or select an existing pricelist. The pricelist setup "
|
||
"differs depending on the :ref:`selected pricelist option "
|
||
"<pricelists/configuration>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Multiple prices per product"
|
||
msgstr "Wiele cen na produkt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When pricelists are configured to use the :guilabel:`Multiple prices per "
|
||
"product` option, it is possible to use multiple fixed prices for different "
|
||
"products or their variants depending, if necessary, on one or several "
|
||
"conditions. To add a new price rule to a pricelist:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select a **product** and its **variant** "
|
||
"if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Add the condition(s):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"a product quantity to be reached by using the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` "
|
||
"column;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"a determined period during which the pricelist is applied by using the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` columns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the :guilabel:`Price` to be applied when the conditions are met (if "
|
||
"any)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Setup form of a multiple prices pricelist"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Advanced price rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When pricelists are configured to use the :guilabel:`Advanced price rules "
|
||
"(discounts, formulas)` option, it is possible to use percentage "
|
||
"discounts/mark-ups and formulas in addition to using fixed prices. To add a "
|
||
"new price rule to a pricelist, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up "
|
||
"windows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Computation` method:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fixed Price` to set a new fixed price (similarly to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product` option)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Discount` to compute a percentage discount (e.g., `10.00` %) or "
|
||
"mark-up (e.g., `-10.00` %)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Formula` to compute the price according to a formula. It is "
|
||
"required to define what the calculation is **based on** (:guilabel:`Sales "
|
||
"Price`, :guilabel:`Cost`, or :guilabel:`Other Pricelist`). You can then:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Apply a percentage :guilabel:`Discount` or mark-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add an :guilabel:`Extra Fee` (e.g., $ `5.00`) or subtract a fixed amount "
|
||
"(e.g., $ `-5.00`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define a :doc:`Rounding Method <cash_rounding>` by forcing the price after "
|
||
":guilabel:`Discount` to be a multiple of the value set. The :guilabel:`Extra"
|
||
" Fee` is applied afterward."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To have the final price end with `.99`, set the :guilabel:`Rounding Method` "
|
||
"to `1.00` and the :guilabel:`Extra Fee` to `-0.01`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Specify the minimum (e.g., $ `20.00` ) and maximum (e.g., $ `50.00` ) profit"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Margins` for computations based on :guilabel:`Cost`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Select on which product(s) the price rule should be **applied**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:94
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`All Products`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:95
|
||
msgid "a :guilabel:`Product Category`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:96
|
||
msgid "a :guilabel:`Product`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:97
|
||
msgid "a :guilabel:`Product Variant`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add conditions, such as a specific quantity to reach for the price to change"
|
||
" by using the :guilabel:`Min. Quantity` field or a specific period during "
|
||
"which the pricelist should be applied by using the :guilabel:`Validity` "
|
||
"fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Setup form to configure an advanced pricelist"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Select pricelists"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :ref:`specific POS settings <configuration/settings>` to set its "
|
||
":guilabel:`Default Pricelist`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To be able to choose between different pricelists during a POS session, "
|
||
"enable :guilabel:`Advanced Pricelists` and add all the desired pricelists "
|
||
"using the :guilabel:`Available` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you :ref:`open a POS session <pos/session-start>`, click the "
|
||
"**pricelists** button, and select the desired pricelist from the list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Button to select a pricelist on the POS frontend"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Multiple pricelists must be selected for the **pricelist button** to be "
|
||
"displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a pricelist is selected on a POS order while its conditions are **not** "
|
||
"met, the price will **not** be adjusted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also set a pricelist to be selected automatically once a specific "
|
||
":ref:`customer is set <pos/customers>`. To do so, go to the customer form "
|
||
"and switch to the preferred pricelist in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` field of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:133
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`How to use pricelists in a multi-website environment "
|
||
"<multi_website/pricelists>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Receipts and invoices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "Przyjęcia"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set up receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To **customize** the **header** and **footer**, activate :guilabel:`Header &"
|
||
" Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the "
|
||
"receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1
|
||
msgid "POS receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:21
|
||
msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Reprint a receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown "
|
||
"selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All"
|
||
" active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding "
|
||
"order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Print receipt button from the backend"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your "
|
||
"reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Customer`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Invoices"
|
||
msgstr "Faktury"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point "
|
||
"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Activate invoicing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and"
|
||
" select your Point of Sale:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. "
|
||
"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Select a customer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:62
|
||
msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer "
|
||
"or create a new one by using this button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Invoice your customer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to "
|
||
"select it and validate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:81
|
||
msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Retrieve invoices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top"
|
||
" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of "
|
||
"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones"
|
||
" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the "
|
||
"invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Reporting"
|
||
msgstr "Raportowanie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6
|
||
msgid "View statistics"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting"
|
||
" --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis "
|
||
"(:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter "
|
||
"or group depending on your needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Restaurant features"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Managing a restaurant or a bar comes with specific needs. The Point of Sale "
|
||
"application provides various features that allow performing all the required"
|
||
" tasks in such businesses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Once the POS is set to be used in a restaurant or a bar, you can:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`organize your floors and tables to reflect your interior "
|
||
"<restaurant/floors_tables>`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:13
|
||
msgid ":ref:`take orders <floors_tables/orders>`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`communicate with the kitchen or the bar through the POS "
|
||
"<restaurant/kitchen_printing>`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`print bills in advance and split them <restaurant/bill_printing>`;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:16
|
||
msgid ":doc:`collect tips <restaurant/tips>`; and"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food <pricing/fiscal_position>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, and click "
|
||
":menuselection:`Edit --> Is a Bar/Restaurant --> Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"These specific features can be identified by the cutlery-shaped icon located"
|
||
" to the right of the feature name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Bills"
|
||
msgstr "Faktury zakupu"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Typical practices in restaurants or bars are to request the bill before "
|
||
"proceeding to payment or splitting it based on the items ordered. Odoo POS "
|
||
"provides two features to perform these tasks seamlessly: **Bill Printing** "
|
||
"and **Bill Splitting**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the bill printing and splitting features, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and "
|
||
"select your POS. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` "
|
||
"section and enable :guilabel:`Bill Printing` and :guilabel:`Bill Splitting`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"activate the bill printing and bill splitting features in the POS settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Bill printing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From an open session, click :menuselection:`Bill --> Print` at any moment to"
|
||
" generate and print a bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The printed bill is **not** final and will be updated to reflect any changes"
|
||
" to the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Bill splitting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From an open session, click :guilabel:`Split` to select the items to "
|
||
"regroup. Once everything is selected, click :guilabel:`Payment` and proceed "
|
||
"to checkout for these items. Repeat for each guest."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you return to the table, the selected items are no longer on order, as "
|
||
"they have been paid for."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:38
|
||
msgid "The feature is available as soon as at least two items are ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:41
|
||
msgid ":doc:`floors_tables`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Floors and tables management"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Add a floor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* "
|
||
"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. "
|
||
"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the table management feature. Way to manage and create floors for a "
|
||
"pos"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Backend view of a restaurant floor. Table name and number of sits for each "
|
||
"table"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Add tables"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be "
|
||
"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the floor management. Add tables, the number of sits, their name and"
|
||
" their shape"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their "
|
||
"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of "
|
||
"sits the table can have."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Register your table(s) orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are "
|
||
"taken to your main interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Transfer customer(s)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, "
|
||
"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:64
|
||
msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the restaurant tables, one having a pending order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are "
|
||
"transferring your customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the pos interface and transfer button. How to transfer customers from one table\n"
|
||
"to another"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Register an additional order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to "
|
||
"another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the - button, allowing employees to close/remove an order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:92
|
||
msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Orders printing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, "
|
||
"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar "
|
||
"can be a tremendous help."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of "
|
||
"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*."
|
||
" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Add a printer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where"
|
||
" you can add the printer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Select or create a printer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39
|
||
msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Tips"
|
||
msgstr "Napiwki"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is "
|
||
"important to have the option in your PoS interface."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Configure Tipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and "
|
||
"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Add Tips to the bill"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shop features"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your "
|
||
"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be "
|
||
"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. "
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst-1
|
||
msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`Set up a barcode "
|
||
"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`Activate barcode "
|
||
"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of"
|
||
" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Assign barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31
|
||
msgid "To your products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do"
|
||
" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open"
|
||
" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38
|
||
msgid "To your employees"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app "
|
||
"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your "
|
||
"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR "
|
||
"Settings` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Use barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Scan products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly "
|
||
"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed,"
|
||
" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for"
|
||
" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Log employees"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, "
|
||
":ref:`restrict access <restrict-employee-pos>` to the POS and :ref:`use "
|
||
"barcodes to log your employees in <employee-barcode>` your POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sales orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working in retail, you might need to order products directly from your "
|
||
"Point of sale. Fortunately, Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with Odoo"
|
||
" Sales, meaning that you can create a sales order and pay for it directly "
|
||
"from your point of sale."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Select a sales order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the **Point of Sale** application, open a new session. Then, click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and "
|
||
"sales orders created on the sales application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Quotations and sales order button on the Point of Sale interface"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To ease finding the right sales order, you can filter that list on the "
|
||
"**customer** or on the **order reference**. You can also set the customer "
|
||
"before clicking on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to reduce the list to one "
|
||
"particular customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Apply a down payment or settle the order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:28
|
||
msgid "From the list of sales order, select one to make a payment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1
|
||
msgid "list view of sales orders and quotations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:34
|
||
msgid "You can either:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Settle the order **partially**: after clicking on :guilabel:`Apply a down "
|
||
"payment`, enter the percentage of down payment you want the customer to pay."
|
||
" Then, click on :guilabel:`ok` and proceed with the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Settle the order **completely**: click on :guilabel:`Settle the order` to "
|
||
"pay for the total of the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you settle a sales order, the applied down payment is automatically "
|
||
"deducted from the total amount."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers and lots"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Working with **serial numbers** and **lots** allows tracking your products' "
|
||
"movements. When products are tracked, the system identifies their location "
|
||
"based on their last movement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable traceability, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products -->"
|
||
" Products`. Then, select a product and check the :guilabel:`Tracking By "
|
||
"Unique Serial Number` or the :guilabel:`Tracking By Lots` box in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable traceability settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers and lots importation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can import serial numbers in Point of Sale. To do so, select a **sales "
|
||
"order** or a **quotation** containing tracked products. Then, agree to load "
|
||
"the **Lots or Serial Numbers** linked to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Pop-up window for serial number import"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The imported tracking numbers appear below the tracked products. You can "
|
||
"modify them by clicking on the list-view button next to the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:37
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers and lots creation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a tracked product is available in your POS, adding the product to the "
|
||
"cart opens a pop-up window where you can type or scan the product's serial "
|
||
"or lot numbers. To add more than one of the same tracked products, click on "
|
||
"**enter** to validate and start a new line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "adding new serial and lots numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Changing a tracked product's quantity using the numpad turns the list-view "
|
||
"button red. Click on it to add the missing lot and serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot & Serial Number(s)` are :guilabel:`required` on tracked "
|
||
"products but not mandatory. Meaning that not attributing some or any does "
|
||
"**not** prevent from completing the sale."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Rental"
|
||
msgstr "Wynajem"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5
|
||
msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From a single view, you can send out quotations, confirm orders, schedule "
|
||
"rentals, register when products are picked up and returned, and invoice your"
|
||
" customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/rental>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental <https://www.odoo.com/slides/rental-48>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Rental Pricing"
|
||
msgstr "Cennik Wynajmu"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Products`, select or create a product, and "
|
||
"click on the product's *Rental* tab. Under *Rental Pricing*, click on *Add a"
|
||
" price*. Then choose a *Unit* of time (hours, days, weeks, or months), a "
|
||
"*Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, "
|
||
"usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Example of rental pricing configuration in Odoo Rental"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under *Reservations*, you can add fines for any *Extra Hour* or *Extra Day*."
|
||
" You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product"
|
||
" temporarily unavailable between two rental orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to rent a product created outside of the Rental app, do not "
|
||
"forget to tick *Can be Rented* under the product's name. By default, this "
|
||
"option is ticked when you create a product directly from the Rental app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Computing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo always uses two rules to compute the price of a product when you create"
|
||
" a rental order:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Only one price line is used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47
|
||
msgid "The cheapest line is selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52
|
||
msgid "1 day: $100"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53
|
||
msgid "3 days: $250"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54
|
||
msgid "1 week: $500"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they "
|
||
"pay?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After an order is created, Odoo selects the second line as this is the "
|
||
"cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the "
|
||
"rental's eight days, for a total of $750."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Customer signature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can ask your customers to sign a rental agreement outlining the "
|
||
"arrangement between you and your customers before they pick up products to "
|
||
"make sure your products are returned on time and in their original "
|
||
"condition. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, activate *Digital Documents*, and *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Digital Documents settings in Odoo Rental"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, "
|
||
"Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the app settings are saved, you have the option to change the default "
|
||
"*Rental Agreement* from the dropdown menu. You can pick any document already"
|
||
" uploaded to the *Sign* app, or upload a new one to the *Sign* app by "
|
||
"clicking on *Upload Template*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To request a customer signature, select a confirmed rental order, click on "
|
||
"*Sign Documents*, choose the document template and click on *Sign Documents*"
|
||
" again. On the next window, select your customer and click on *Sign Now* to "
|
||
"start the signing process with your customer. Once the document is "
|
||
"completed, click on *Validate & Send Completed Document*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign <https://www.odoo.com/slides/sign-61>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Pickup and Return receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can print and give your customers receipts when they pick up and/or "
|
||
"return products. To do so, open any rental order, click on *Print* and "
|
||
"select *Pickup and Return Receipt*. Odoo then generates a PDF detailing all "
|
||
"information about the current status of the rented items: which were picked "
|
||
"up, when they are expected to be returned, which were returned, and "
|
||
"potential rental delay costs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Printing a Pickup and Return receipt in Odoo Rental"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Sales** is the application to run your sales process (from quotation "
|
||
"to sales order) and deliver and invoice what has been sold."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials <https://www.odoo.com/slides/sales-17>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Amazon Connector"
|
||
msgstr "Łącznik Amazon"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Amazon Connector Features"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your "
|
||
"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your "
|
||
"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Supported Features"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12
|
||
msgid "The connector is able to:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and "
|
||
"their order items which include:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17
|
||
msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18
|
||
msgid "the shipping costs for the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19
|
||
msgid "the gift wrapping charges"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types "
|
||
"supported: contact and delivery)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Support multiple seller accounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31
|
||
msgid "**Orders**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34
|
||
msgid "**Shipping**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Charges"
|
||
msgstr "Opłaty"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Delivery created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37
|
||
msgid "**Gift Wrapping**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Handled by Amazon"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Gift wrapping charges"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Gift message"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40
|
||
msgid "**Stock Management**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40
|
||
msgid "One stock move created per sales order item"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Handled by the delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43
|
||
msgid "**Confirmation**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. "
|
||
"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, "
|
||
"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Supported Marketplaces"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is "
|
||
"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an "
|
||
"unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62
|
||
msgid "**North America region**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Canada"
|
||
msgstr "Kanada"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Amazon.ca"
|
||
msgstr "Amazon.ca"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Mexico"
|
||
msgstr "Meksyk"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Amazon.com.mx"
|
||
msgstr "Amazon.com.mx"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68
|
||
msgid "US"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Amazon.com"
|
||
msgstr "Amazon.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72
|
||
msgid "**Europe region**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Germany"
|
||
msgstr "Niemcy"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Amazon.de"
|
||
msgstr "Amazon.de"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Spain"
|
||
msgstr "Hiszpania"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Amazon.es"
|
||
msgstr "Amazon.es"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78
|
||
msgid "France"
|
||
msgstr "Francja"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Amazon.fr"
|
||
msgstr "Amazon.fr"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80
|
||
msgid "UK"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Amazon.co.uk"
|
||
msgstr "Amazon.co.uk"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Italy"
|
||
msgstr "Włochy"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Amazon.it"
|
||
msgstr "Amazon.it"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Netherlands"
|
||
msgstr "Holandia"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Amazon.nl"
|
||
msgstr "Amazon.nl"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59
|
||
msgid ":doc:`setup`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:60
|
||
msgid ":doc:`manage`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Synchronization of orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at "
|
||
"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only "
|
||
"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched "
|
||
"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and "
|
||
"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the "
|
||
"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each "
|
||
"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they"
|
||
" are not yet registered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, "
|
||
"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since "
|
||
"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-"
|
||
"mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior "
|
||
"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and "
|
||
"save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to "
|
||
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, head to your Amazon account and "
|
||
"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on "
|
||
"**SYNC PICKINGS**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a "
|
||
"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can "
|
||
"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship "
|
||
"products partially by using backorders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to "
|
||
"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of "
|
||
"it) is on its way."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll "
|
||
"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a "
|
||
"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all "
|
||
"marketplaces."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a "
|
||
"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This "
|
||
"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't "
|
||
"recognize them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you "
|
||
"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and "
|
||
"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the "
|
||
"customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock "
|
||
"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your "
|
||
"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific "
|
||
"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in"
|
||
" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products "
|
||
"under the FBA program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory "
|
||
"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated "
|
||
"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All "
|
||
"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however"
|
||
" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace "
|
||
"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of "
|
||
"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this "
|
||
"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the "
|
||
"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of"
|
||
" your account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Issue invoices and register payments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Issue invoices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due "
|
||
"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is "
|
||
"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon "
|
||
"backend."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually "
|
||
"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: "
|
||
"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with "
|
||
"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to "
|
||
"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Register payments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* "
|
||
"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and "
|
||
"Cash* intermediary account is recommended."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the "
|
||
"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. "
|
||
"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select "
|
||
"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create "
|
||
"batch payment --> Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions."
|
||
" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month "
|
||
"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary "
|
||
"account by the amount received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, "
|
||
"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in "
|
||
"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all"
|
||
" of your company's accounts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to "
|
||
"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a "
|
||
"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately "
|
||
"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another "
|
||
"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to"
|
||
" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the "
|
||
"two registrations of your account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:118
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:58
|
||
msgid ":doc:`features`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon "
|
||
"Accounts` and click on :guilabel:`CREATE`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose a meaningful name for your account (e.g. `Europe`), and select your "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sign-up Marketplace`. This is the original sign-up marketplace of"
|
||
" your seller account (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, "
|
||
"your sign-up marketplace will be `amazon.de`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon saving, a button to :guilabel:`link with Amazon` appears. Click on it "
|
||
"to be redirected to the Amazon login page, or directly to the consent page "
|
||
"if you are already logged in. There, confirm that you want Amazon to give "
|
||
"Odoo access to your account and related data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Amazon redirects you to Odoo, with your account registered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account "
|
||
"are synchronized and listed under the :guilabel:`Marketplaces` tab. If you "
|
||
"wish, you can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces "
|
||
"to disable their synchronization."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Match database products in Amazon"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are "
|
||
"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace "
|
||
"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping"
|
||
" charges (if any)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by "
|
||
"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, "
|
||
"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code "
|
||
"for gift wrapping charges."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are "
|
||
"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are "
|
||
"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for "
|
||
"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, "
|
||
":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific "
|
||
"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can"
|
||
" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if"
|
||
" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product"
|
||
" under different conditions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a "
|
||
"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** "
|
||
"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and "
|
||
"the shipping code."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To modify the default products, activate the :ref:`developer mode "
|
||
"<developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Configure taxes of products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to "
|
||
"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the "
|
||
"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in"
|
||
" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the"
|
||
" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in "
|
||
"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on "
|
||
"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when "
|
||
"reconciling the payments in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not created by default "
|
||
"as they are not officially supported by Odoo but might be compatible with "
|
||
"your seller account. These marketplaces can be added manually should you "
|
||
"wish to use them. See :ref:`here <amazon/supported-marketplaces>` for the "
|
||
"exhaustive list of natively supported marketplaces."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon "
|
||
"Documentation <https://developer-docs.amazon.com/amazon-"
|
||
"shipping/docs/seller-central-urls>`_. The marketplace must belong to the "
|
||
"same region as that of your seller account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add a new marketplace, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-"
|
||
"mode>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, create a new marketplace record. Enter the Marketplace ID and "
|
||
"select the Amazon Region for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon "
|
||
"Documentation for marketplace IDs <https://developer-docs.amazon.com/amazon-"
|
||
"shipping/docs/marketplace-ids>`_, and the Seller Central URL as described in"
|
||
" the `Amazon Documentation for seller central URLs <https://developer-"
|
||
"docs.amazon.com/amazon-shipping/docs/seller-central-urls>`_."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<country code>`` to easily retrieve "
|
||
"it (e.g.: ``Amazon.se``). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should "
|
||
"respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the "
|
||
"*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors"
|
||
" --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`. Open the account on which you wish to"
|
||
" use the new marketplace, go to the :guilabel:`Marketplaces` tab and click "
|
||
"on :guilabel:`Update available marketplaces` (an animation should confirm "
|
||
"the success of the operation). Newly added marketplaces are automatically "
|
||
"added to the list of synchronized marketplaces. If the new marketplace is "
|
||
"not added to the list, it means that it is either incompatible or "
|
||
"unavailable for your seller account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there "
|
||
"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this "
|
||
"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Install the Amazon Selling Partner API Update"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting July 2022, due to a change in Amazon's API, the Amazon Connector "
|
||
"needs to be updated to continue to exchange information with Amazon. This "
|
||
"also makes it easier for you to set up the Connector."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your Odoo database is created after the update was released, the update "
|
||
"module is installed automatically. To check if this module is already "
|
||
"installed, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the ``Apps`` filter and search for"
|
||
" ``Amazon``. If the module :guilabel:`Amazon/Selling Partner API Patch` is "
|
||
"present and marked as installed, your Odoo database is already up-to-date "
|
||
"and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup <setup>` step of the Amazon "
|
||
"Connector."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo "
|
||
"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source "
|
||
"code is up-to-date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-"
|
||
"date and you can proceed to the next step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must"
|
||
" update your installation as detailed in :doc:`this documentation page "
|
||
"</administration/maintain/update>` or by contacting your integrating "
|
||
"partner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Update the list of available modules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in "
|
||
"the **Apps** menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for "
|
||
"confirmation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Install the Amazon/Selling Partner API Patch"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should never install new modules in your production database without "
|
||
"first testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com "
|
||
"customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management "
|
||
"page. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For"
|
||
" on-premise users, you should use a staging environment---contact your "
|
||
"integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module "
|
||
"in your particular setup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The module should now be available in your :guilabel:`Apps` menu. Remove the"
|
||
" ``Apps`` filter and search for ``Amazon``; the module "
|
||
":guilabel:`Amazon/Selling Partner API Patch` should be available for "
|
||
"installation. If you cannot find the module after having updated the list of"
|
||
" available modules, it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer "
|
||
"to step one of this page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the module is installed, link your Amazon account by following the "
|
||
"instructions on the :doc:`setup <setup>` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5
|
||
msgid "eBay Connector"
|
||
msgstr "Złącze eBay"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to list a product?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Listing without variation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a "
|
||
"product form. The eBay tab will be available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay "
|
||
"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. "
|
||
"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product."
|
||
" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay "
|
||
"Description**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on "
|
||
"the product template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Listing with variations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with "
|
||
"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In"
|
||
" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as "
|
||
"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Listing with item specifics"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with "
|
||
"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Product Identifiers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of "
|
||
"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the "
|
||
"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty "
|
||
"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not "
|
||
"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item "
|
||
"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. "
|
||
"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay "
|
||
"listing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Create eBay tokens"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on "
|
||
"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are "
|
||
"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by "
|
||
"clicking on the adequate buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click "
|
||
"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the "
|
||
"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token "
|
||
"needed to configure the module in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. "
|
||
"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert "
|
||
"Key**. Apply the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. "
|
||
"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the "
|
||
"other fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and "
|
||
"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Accept account deletion notifications"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account "
|
||
"deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account "
|
||
"request for deletion, all eBay partners must confirm the reception of the "
|
||
"request and take further action if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the"
|
||
" reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize "
|
||
"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the "
|
||
"portal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace "
|
||
"account deletion notifications <ebay/subscribe-account-deletion-"
|
||
"notifications>` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account "
|
||
"until the subscription is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your "
|
||
"**Verification Token**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_ "
|
||
"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is "
|
||
"unreachable."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82
|
||
msgid "The **endpoint details**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84
|
||
msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85
|
||
msgid "A verification token"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider "
|
||
"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was"
|
||
" sent successfully!\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Button to send test notification"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some "
|
||
"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests "
|
||
"that eBay enforces."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; "
|
||
"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 "
|
||
"systems running in parallel in existing installations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116
|
||
msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update "
|
||
"product status*)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs "
|
||
"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' "
|
||
"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the "
|
||
"near future"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead "
|
||
"of the old one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Invoicing Method"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Down payments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract "
|
||
"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment "
|
||
"to honor the contract."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while"
|
||
" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller "
|
||
"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, "
|
||
"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Initial down payment request"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes "
|
||
"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-"
|
||
"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"invoices` pop-up appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before"
|
||
" validation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose "
|
||
"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as "
|
||
"they only pertain to down payment configurations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage "
|
||
"of the total amount."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or "
|
||
"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future "
|
||
"down payments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down"
|
||
" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` "
|
||
"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This "
|
||
"product can be edited and modified at any time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an "
|
||
"invoice will **not** be able to be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Request a 50% down payment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a "
|
||
"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time "
|
||
"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down "
|
||
"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to "
|
||
"create and view the invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be "
|
||
"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is "
|
||
"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the "
|
||
"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that "
|
||
"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, "
|
||
"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before "
|
||
"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` "
|
||
"banner visible in the upper-right corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, "
|
||
"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`"
|
||
" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option "
|
||
"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the "
|
||
"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all "
|
||
"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current "
|
||
":guilabel:`Payment Status`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` "
|
||
"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the"
|
||
" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Payment`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is "
|
||
"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the "
|
||
"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the "
|
||
"flow is complete."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment "
|
||
"option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered "
|
||
"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be "
|
||
"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to"
|
||
" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* "
|
||
"creating the final invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which "
|
||
"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To "
|
||
"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must"
|
||
" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered "
|
||
"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156
|
||
msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, "
|
||
"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search"
|
||
" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then "
|
||
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the "
|
||
"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down "
|
||
"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the "
|
||
"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available"
|
||
" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the "
|
||
"*Accounting* app installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. "
|
||
"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money "
|
||
"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of a "
|
||
"consultant paying for a hotel to work on the site of your client. As a "
|
||
"company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Expenses configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
|
||
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Add expenses to your sales order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the "
|
||
"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or "
|
||
"create a new one from right there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
|
||
"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
|
||
"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Expense products`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106
|
||
msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117
|
||
msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo "
|
||
"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the "
|
||
"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids"
|
||
" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a "
|
||
"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually"
|
||
" delivered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. "
|
||
"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different"
|
||
" situations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Activate these features"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under "
|
||
"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to choose your invoicing policy on Odoo Sales?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not"
|
||
" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which "
|
||
"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing "
|
||
"policy, which can be manually changed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Impact on sales flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it "
|
||
"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create "
|
||
"an invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you"
|
||
" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will "
|
||
"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to "
|
||
"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before "
|
||
"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an"
|
||
" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an "
|
||
"error message as below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How the choice of your invoicing policy impacts your sales flow on Odoo "
|
||
"Sales?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation "
|
||
"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced "
|
||
"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a "
|
||
"partial delivery)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: "
|
||
"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: "
|
||
":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Invoice project milestones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with "
|
||
"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally"
|
||
" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is "
|
||
"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow "
|
||
"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the "
|
||
"project's progress and pay in several installments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create milestone products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To "
|
||
"configure products to work this way, go to any product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and "
|
||
"select *Milestones* in the sales tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Invoice milestones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you "
|
||
"complete a milestone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33
|
||
msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Pro-forma invoices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of"
|
||
" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, "
|
||
"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a "
|
||
"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They "
|
||
"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for "
|
||
"payment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Activate the feature"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature "
|
||
"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` "
|
||
"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send"
|
||
" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-"
|
||
"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the "
|
||
"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice "
|
||
"is automatically added as an attachment to the email."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with"
|
||
" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo"
|
||
" Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the "
|
||
"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When "
|
||
"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to "
|
||
"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making "
|
||
"planning ahead much easier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select "
|
||
"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. "
|
||
"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the "
|
||
"upper right corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Invoice based on time and materials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible"
|
||
" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that"
|
||
" the project requirements would most likely change."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay "
|
||
"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what"
|
||
" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need"
|
||
" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and"
|
||
" purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Invoice time configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. "
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Invoice your time spent"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the "
|
||
"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new"
|
||
" project*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the"
|
||
" project overview and one for the current task."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it "
|
||
"from the *Project* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add "
|
||
"how many hours they worked on the project so far."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58
|
||
msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to "
|
||
"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* "
|
||
"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your "
|
||
"expense or a previously agreed on sales price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Invoice purchases"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for"
|
||
" it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select "
|
||
"*Purchase Analytics*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this "
|
||
"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Products & Prices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manage your pricing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> "
|
||
"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on "
|
||
"Invoicing/Accounting apps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in "
|
||
"pricelist setup form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in"
|
||
" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Automatic conversion from public price"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The public price is in your company's main currency (see "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the "
|
||
"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Set your own prices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency"
|
||
" rates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49
|
||
msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored"
|
||
" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo "
|
||
"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several criteria to "
|
||
"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order "
|
||
"quantity and get a price break), etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors "
|
||
"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*A single sale price per product:* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use "
|
||
"default product price ;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Different prices per customer segment:* you will set several prices per "
|
||
"products ;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Advanced pricing based on formula:* will let you apply discounts, margins "
|
||
"and roundings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Several prices per product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer "
|
||
"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab "
|
||
"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Prices per customer segment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To "
|
||
"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale "
|
||
"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Temporary prices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals "
|
||
"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Prices per minimum quantity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first "
|
||
"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. "
|
||
"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost "
|
||
"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or "
|
||
"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minimum margin) and "
|
||
"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar"
|
||
" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`"
|
||
" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use "
|
||
"e-Commerce)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product "
|
||
"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second"
|
||
" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and "
|
||
"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96
|
||
msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:101
|
||
msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Discounts with roundings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106
|
||
msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112
|
||
msgid "Costs with markups (retail)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114
|
||
msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Prices per country"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo "
|
||
"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the "
|
||
"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first "
|
||
"pricelist without any country group."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126
|
||
msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128
|
||
msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:131
|
||
msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount"
|
||
" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138
|
||
msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145
|
||
msgid ":doc:`currencies`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:146
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manage your products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data"
|
||
" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them "
|
||
"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
|
||
"etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11
|
||
msgid "How to customize the file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*"
|
||
" column (see why below)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't"
|
||
" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the "
|
||
"import screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo "
|
||
"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually "
|
||
"when importing by browsing a list of available fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Why an “ID” column?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one "
|
||
"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
|
||
"duplicates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35
|
||
msgid "How to import relation fields"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is "
|
||
"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
|
||
"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from "
|
||
"their own list menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is "
|
||
"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" "
|
||
"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product "
|
||
"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a "
|
||
"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful "
|
||
"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**"
|
||
" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their "
|
||
"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15
|
||
msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If "
|
||
"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Google API dashboard"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services "
|
||
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_ page to generate Google Custom "
|
||
"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an "
|
||
"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API"
|
||
" Keys**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0
|
||
msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Enable the API."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud "
|
||
"Platform"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine "
|
||
"<https://programmablesearchengine.google.com/>`_ and click on **Get "
|
||
"Started**. Log in with your Google account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n"
|
||
"of the page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit "
|
||
"name (e.g. Odoo Images)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at "
|
||
"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. "
|
||
"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of"
|
||
" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**"
|
||
" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine "
|
||
"on the Home page)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** "
|
||
"and **Search the entire web**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site "
|
||
"that you put at the previous step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, "
|
||
"activate **Google Images** and save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, "
|
||
"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** "
|
||
"settings and save again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any "
|
||
"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from "
|
||
"the Inventory app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that "
|
||
"uses products like Inventory or Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107
|
||
msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be "
|
||
"processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image "
|
||
"will be processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products "
|
||
"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate "
|
||
"by clicking on **Get picture**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120
|
||
msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than "
|
||
"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the "
|
||
"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the "
|
||
"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it "
|
||
"stopped the day before."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account "
|
||
"<https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/manage-billing-account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different "
|
||
"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be "
|
||
"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of "
|
||
"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11
|
||
msgid "T-shirt"
|
||
msgstr "T-shirt"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131
|
||
msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, "
|
||
"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. "
|
||
"**S** and **Blue** are values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 "
|
||
"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Activating product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activating product variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Creating attributes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. "
|
||
"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Products --> Attributes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they"
|
||
" appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` "
|
||
"dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an "
|
||
"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Attribute creation window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product "
|
||
"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` "
|
||
"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect "
|
||
"any HTML color codes set."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically "
|
||
"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes "
|
||
"and values are added to a product template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes"
|
||
" and values are added to a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` "
|
||
"cannot be edited."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be"
|
||
" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
" From there, you can:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Type in the value's name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the "
|
||
"customer provides unique specifications)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for "
|
||
"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by "
|
||
"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Selecting a color."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding "
|
||
"a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the "
|
||
"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every "
|
||
"product in the database that is currently using the attribute."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106
|
||
msgid "Creating product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant "
|
||
"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select "
|
||
"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by "
|
||
"clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template "
|
||
"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the "
|
||
"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the "
|
||
"Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Managing product exclusions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two "
|
||
"attributes:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128
|
||
msgid "T-Shirt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in "
|
||
"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are "
|
||
"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then "
|
||
"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` "
|
||
"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and "
|
||
"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently "
|
||
"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo "
|
||
"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce "
|
||
"page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Excluding attributes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152
|
||
msgid "Setting a price per variant"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product "
|
||
"variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click"
|
||
" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to "
|
||
"access the list of product variant values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this "
|
||
"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Value Price Extra setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169
|
||
msgid "Impact of variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of "
|
||
"the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique "
|
||
"barcode/SKU."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is "
|
||
"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular "
|
||
"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's "
|
||
"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. "
|
||
"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the"
|
||
" variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product "
|
||
"variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all"
|
||
" variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that"
|
||
" product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process returns and refunds"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Sales` app provides two different ways to process returns "
|
||
"based on whether an invoice has been sent or not."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Before invoicing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Returns are completed using *Reverse Transfers* when a customer decides to "
|
||
"return a product before an invoice has been sent or validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use Reverse Transfers, the :guilabel:`Inventory` app must also "
|
||
"be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start a return, open the :guilabel:`Sales` app, navigate to the "
|
||
"customer's sales order, and click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button "
|
||
"to open the associated delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the validated delivery order, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window. By default, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` matches the validated quantities from the delivery "
|
||
"order. Update the quantities if necessary. Click on the trash icon next to a"
|
||
" line item to remove it from the return."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The \"Reverse Transfer\" pop-up window, to make a return before invoicing "
|
||
"the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new "
|
||
"warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). Upon receiving the"
|
||
" return, the warehouse team validates the warehouse operation. Then, on the "
|
||
"original sales order, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity will reflect the "
|
||
"difference between the initial validated quantities and the returned "
|
||
"quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The updated \"Delivered\" quantity on the sales order after the reverse "
|
||
"transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an invoice is created, the customer receives an invoice only for the "
|
||
"products they are keeping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:42
|
||
msgid "After invoicing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their "
|
||
"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is "
|
||
"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
|
||
"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to "
|
||
"complete the customer's return."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start a return, navigate to the relevant sales order. If there is a "
|
||
"payment registered on the sales order, then the payment details will appear "
|
||
"in the Chatter, and the invoice (accessible through the :guilabel:`Invoices`"
|
||
" smart button) will have a green banner across it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view"
|
||
" the validated delivery order. Then, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window. Next, edit the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Quantity` as needed for the return, and "
|
||
"then click :guilabel:`Return`. This generates a new warehouse operation for "
|
||
"the incoming returned product(s), which is validated by the warehouse team "
|
||
"once the return is received. Then, on the sales order, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivered` quantity will reflect the difference between the "
|
||
"initial validated quantities and the returned quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order,"
|
||
" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add "
|
||
"Credit Note` from the validated invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The \"Credit Note\" pop-up window, to issue a credit to the customer after "
|
||
"invoicing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to "
|
||
"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
|
||
"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be "
|
||
"selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
|
||
" to confirm the credit note."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Send Quotations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Quotation deadlines"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Odoo *Sales* application, it is possible to set deadlines on sales "
|
||
"quotations. Doing so encourages customers to act quickly during sales "
|
||
"negotiations, for they might fear for missing out on a good deal. As well, "
|
||
"deadlines also can also act as protection for a company in case an order has"
|
||
" to be fulfilled at a price that is no longer profitable for the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Expiration date deadlines"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On an Odoo *Sales* quotation, add an expiration date in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Expiration` field located at the top of the quotation or sales "
|
||
"order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add an expiration date to a quotation, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales "
|
||
"app`, and select a desired quotation, or create a new one by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the quotation form, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if modifying a pre-existing "
|
||
"quotation), and click the :guilabel:`Expiration` field. Doing so reveals a "
|
||
"drop-down calendar, in which the month and date can be designated as the "
|
||
"expiration date of the quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to configure deadlines on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the expiration date is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all "
|
||
"changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Deadlines in quotation templates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Odoo *Sales* application also makes it possible to add a deadline to "
|
||
"every quotation template. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in "
|
||
"a quote, its associated deadline is automatically applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add a deadline to a quotation template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales"
|
||
" app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`, and either select the "
|
||
"desired quotation template to which a deadline should be added, or click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` to build a new quotation template from scratch."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the quotation template detail page, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to "
|
||
"edit the quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, add a specific number of days to the :guilabel:`Quotation expires "
|
||
"after` field, located beneath the quotation template name. The number of "
|
||
"days represents how long the quotation will be valid for, before it expires."
|
||
" When done, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to use deadline in a quotation template on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` button on a quotation, Odoo "
|
||
"clearly displays when that specific offer expires. As a reminder, the number"
|
||
" of days is the same as those mentioned in the quotation template (if a "
|
||
"quotation template was used for the initial quotation)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:0
|
||
msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:60
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:149
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Deliveries and invoices to different addresses"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) "
|
||
"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can "
|
||
"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Settings"
|
||
msgstr "Ustawienia"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To properly utilize multiple addresses in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Sales "
|
||
"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` heading. Then, check the box next to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Contact form configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add multiple addresses to a contact, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> "
|
||
"Orders --> Customers`, and clear any default filters from the search bar. "
|
||
"Then, click on the desired customer to open their contact form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Contact forms can be accessed in the *Contacts* application, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the contact form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add`, which is located under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses`"
|
||
" tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, in which "
|
||
"additional addresses can be configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, start by clicking the default"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Other Address` field to reveal a drop-down menu of address-"
|
||
"related options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Select any of the following options:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Contact`: adds another contact to the existing contact form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Invoice Address`: adds a specific invoice address to the existing"
|
||
" contact form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: adds a specific delivery address to the "
|
||
"existing contact form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Other Address`: adds an alternate address to the existing contact"
|
||
" form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Private Address`: adds a private address to the existing contact "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once an option is selected, proceed to enter the corresponding contact "
|
||
"information that should be used for the specified address type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the address and close the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save "
|
||
"the address and immediately input another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Address added to quotations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields autopopulate with the corresponding "
|
||
"addresses specified on the customer's contact form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be"
|
||
" edited directly from the quotation by clicking the :guilabel:`Edit` button,"
|
||
" and then clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` internal link buttons "
|
||
"next to each address line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and "
|
||
"delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If any changes are made on a form in Odoo, include *Contacts* forms, "
|
||
"remember to click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes to the database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Get paid to confirm an order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative "
|
||
"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster "
|
||
"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for "
|
||
"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to "
|
||
"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so "
|
||
"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Enable online payment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the"
|
||
" **Online Payment** feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to enable online payment on Odoo Sales?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It "
|
||
"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before "
|
||
"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our "
|
||
"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as "
|
||
":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal`, "
|
||
":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the "
|
||
":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers` documentation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can "
|
||
"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, "
|
||
"under their confirmation tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Register a payment"
|
||
msgstr "Zarejestruj płatność"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have"
|
||
" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to register a payment on Odoo Sales?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what"
|
||
" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50
|
||
msgid ":doc:`quote_template`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/paypal`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_acquirers/authorize`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Online signatures for order confirmations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Odoo *Sales* application provides customers with the ability to confirm "
|
||
"orders via an online signature directly on the sales order. Once the sales "
|
||
"order is electronically signed by the customer, the salesperson attached to "
|
||
"the sales order is automatically notified that the order is confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Activate online signatures"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the *online signature* feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales app "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & "
|
||
"Orders` heading, and activate the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature by "
|
||
"checking the box beside it. Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the "
|
||
"top-left corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to enable online signature in Odoo Sales settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On quotation templates, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located "
|
||
"under the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0
|
||
msgid "How to enable online signature on a quotation template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On standard quotations, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located "
|
||
"under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0
|
||
msgid "How to enable online signature on standard quotations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Order confirmations with online signatures"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When quotations are sent to clients, there's an option for them to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sign & Pay` directly on the quotation in the online customer "
|
||
"portal. When clicked, clients have the option to draw a signature, fill in "
|
||
"the field with an automated signature, or load a file from their computer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once signed, the various payment method options become available. Then, when"
|
||
" the quotation is paid and confirmed, a delivery order is automatically "
|
||
"created (if the Odoo *Inventory* app is installed)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Optional products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy that involves the "
|
||
"cross-selling of products along with a core product. The aim is to offer "
|
||
"useful and related products to customers, which may result in an increased "
|
||
"sale."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, they have the choice to "
|
||
"order massaging seats, as well, or ignore the offer and simply buy the car. "
|
||
"Presenting the choice to purchase optional products enhances the customer "
|
||
"experience."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Optional products on quotations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the Odoo *Sales* application, it is possible to add or modify optional "
|
||
"products directly on quotations by navigating to the :guilabel:`Optional "
|
||
"Products` tab on a quotation form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to add optional products to your quotations on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` button to reveal a preview of the "
|
||
"quotation customers would receive via email, along with the optional "
|
||
"products they have a chance of adding to their order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Preview your quotations on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In practice, customers are able to add different optional products to an "
|
||
"order by clicking the :guilabel:`🛒 (shopping cart)` icon, located to the "
|
||
"right of the optional product line. If a customer selects all the optional "
|
||
"products suggested, these additional items are automatically filled in on "
|
||
"the quotation that is managed by the salesperson."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to select optional products on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the customer adds an optional product(s) to an order, the salesperson "
|
||
"is instantly notified about the change, along with any other change the "
|
||
"customer makes to an order. This allows salespeople to stay up-to-date with "
|
||
"everything related to an order in the backend of the *Sales* application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to follow each movement made by your customers on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Optional products on quotation templates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be sure to review the documentation on how to "
|
||
":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template` to better "
|
||
"understand how quotation templates work before reading the following "
|
||
"information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For quotation templates, just like a typical quotation form, there is also "
|
||
"an :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, wherein related products or services "
|
||
"can be added to a quotation template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add optional products to a quotation template, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. Then, "
|
||
"either select an existing quotation template to edit, or create a new one by"
|
||
" clicking :guilabel:`New`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the quotation form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Optional Products` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Optional Products` "
|
||
"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select the desired product to add as "
|
||
"an optional product to the quotation template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It's best to offer optional products that would encourage a customer to add "
|
||
"additional items to their order, or entice them to purchase a more expensive"
|
||
" version of their initially selected product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if a customer purchases a wooden chair, some optional products "
|
||
"could be: a warranty on that chair and/or a wooden chair with leather seats."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the desired optional product(s) have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`"
|
||
" to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There is no limit to how many optional products can be added to a quotation "
|
||
"template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The products added in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab are present in "
|
||
"the quotation, by default, whenever that particular quotation template is "
|
||
"used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How to add optional products to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use product variants on quotations and sales orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product variants can be added to quotations and sales orders using the "
|
||
"Product Configurator, Variant Grid Entry, or both."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable product variants on quotations and sales orders, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Product Catalog` "
|
||
"and activate one or both of the :guilabel:`Product Configurator` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` settings. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to "
|
||
"apply the settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activating entry type settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After saving the settings, configure the product form. Head over to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and select any product (or "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one). On the product form, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab. Under "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection`, choose either :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Configurator` or :guilabel:`Order Grid Entry`. This selection determines "
|
||
"which method is used to add the product to quotations or sales orders. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sales variant selection."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The product must have at least two variants (one attribute with two values) "
|
||
"created in order for the :guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection` option to "
|
||
"appear. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` under :guilabel:`Attribute` to add "
|
||
"attributes and values to this product and create product variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Use the Product Configurator"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Configurator` appears on a quotation or sales order "
|
||
"when products are added that have both variants configured and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Configurator` option selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Configurator` lets salespeople choose exactly which "
|
||
"product variant to add to the quotation or sales order using a format "
|
||
"similar to online shopping. Color options display any HTML color codes set "
|
||
"up in the :guilabel:`Color` attribute. Features with an additional cost will"
|
||
" display the additional cost next to their name. Once the desired product "
|
||
"variant attributes are selected, click :guilabel:`Add` to add the product "
|
||
"variant to the quotation or sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Product Configurator and Price Extras."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the product variant attributes are displayed on the quotation or"
|
||
" sales order in the :guilabel:`Description` column, but the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Variant` column can be added through the additional "
|
||
"options menu (3 vertical dots icon)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Use Variant Grid Entries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entries` appear on a quotation or sales order when "
|
||
"products are added that have both variants configured and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Order Grid Entry` option selected. Grid entry can streamline the "
|
||
"process of creating large, varied quotations by letting salespeople enter "
|
||
"exact quantities of each product variant all at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` displays a grid of every variant available "
|
||
"for the selected product. Choose the exact quantities of each product "
|
||
"variant for a quotation or sales order by typing in the number or using the "
|
||
"arrows. :guilabel:`Not Available` is displayed when a particular variant has"
|
||
" been deactivated in the database. Once all the product variants and their "
|
||
"quantities have been set, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add them to the "
|
||
"quotation or sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Variant Grid Entry pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each product variant appears as an individual line item on the quotation or "
|
||
"sales order, because each of these items has its own stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Line items for grid variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Quotation templates"
|
||
msgstr "Szablony ofert"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo *Sales*, salespeople have the ability to create reusable quotation "
|
||
"templates for common product or service offerings that the business offers. "
|
||
"By using these templates, quotations can be tailored and sent to customers "
|
||
"at a much faster pace, without having to create new quotations from scratch "
|
||
"every time a sales negotiation occurs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by activating the setting in :menuselection:`Sales app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & "
|
||
"Orders` heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that section, check the box beside the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` "
|
||
"option. Doing so reveals a new :guilabel:`Default Template` field, in which "
|
||
"a default quotation template can be chosen from a drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Also, upon activating the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` feature, an "
|
||
"internal :guilabel:`➡️ Quotation Templates` link appears beneath the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Default Template` field. Clicking that link reveals the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quotation Templates` page, from which templates can be created, "
|
||
"viewed, and edited."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consider activating the :guilabel:`Quotation Builder` option in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Settings`, as well, which is located in the right column beside "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` option. This feature aides in the design"
|
||
" and customization of quotation templates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Note:** enabling this feature also automatically installs the Odoo "
|
||
"*Website* application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before leaving the :guilabel:`Settings` page, don't forget to click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` button to activate the feature(s) and save all changes made"
|
||
" during the session."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Create quotation templates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` link on the :guilabel:`Settings` "
|
||
"page, or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Quotation Templates`. Both options reveal the :guilabel:`Quotation "
|
||
"Templates` page, where quotation templates can be created, viewed, and "
|
||
"edited."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quotation template, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, "
|
||
"located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation "
|
||
"template form that can be customized in a number of ways."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start by entering a name for the template in the :guilabel:`Quotation "
|
||
"Template` field. Then, in the :guilabel:`Quotation expires after` field, "
|
||
"designate how many days the quotation template will remain valid for, or "
|
||
"leave the field on the default `0` to keep the template valid indefinitely."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Company` field, designate to which company this quotation "
|
||
"template applies, if working in a multi-company environment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Beneath those fields are three tabs: :guilabel:`Lines`, :guilabel:`Optional "
|
||
"Products`, :guilabel:`Confirmation`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, products can be added to the quotation "
|
||
"template by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, organized by clicking `Add a"
|
||
" section` (and dragging/dropping section headers accordingly), and further "
|
||
"explained with discretionary information (such as warranty details, terms, "
|
||
"etc.) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a note`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line` for each "
|
||
"compatible cross-selling product related to the original items in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lines` tab, if applicable. The products added here ideally "
|
||
"compliment the original offering as added value for the prospective buyer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab, enable options, as needed, to "
|
||
"require an :guilabel:`Online Signature` and/or an :guilabel:`Online "
|
||
"Payment`, which each allow buyers to confirm orders automatically using the "
|
||
"web portal view after the required action is taken."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There's also an option to add a :guilabel:`Confirmation Mail` to the "
|
||
"quotation template, as well - meaning whenever this template is used, and an"
|
||
" order is confirmed, an email is sent to the customer informing them that "
|
||
"their order has been confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Allow customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Design quotation templates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following section on designing quotation templates only applies to "
|
||
"databases that have the *Quotation Builder* feature enabled, which is "
|
||
"accessible by following the :ref:`configuration steps above "
|
||
"<sales/send_quotations/templates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the upper-left corner of the quotation template form, there's a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Design Template` button. When clicked, Odoo reveals a preview of "
|
||
"the quotation template, as it will appear on the front-end of the website, "
|
||
"with a :guilabel:`Template Header` specifying that this content will appear "
|
||
"on all quotations using this specific template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To edit the content, look, and overall design of the quotation template, "
|
||
"click the :guilabel:`Edit` button in the upper-right corner. Doing so "
|
||
"reveals a variety of design elements and feature-filled building blocks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Design quotation template on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drag and drop any desired building blocks onto the blank quotation template,"
|
||
" and proceed to further customize the content to fit any business need. When"
|
||
" all blocks and customizations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"button to put those configurations into place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drag and drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo "
|
||
"Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Use quotation templates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a quotation (:menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`), choose a "
|
||
"preconfigured template in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field drop-down"
|
||
" menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view what the customer will see, click the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` "
|
||
"smart button to see how the quotation template will look on the front-end of"
|
||
" the website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:133
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:134
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:151
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Terms and conditions"
|
||
msgstr "Warunki i zapisy"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important "
|
||
"contractual points, such as payment terms, limitations of liability, and "
|
||
"delivery terms between customers and sellers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sellers must declare all formal information concerning products and company "
|
||
"policy. Conversely, customers must take note of all these conditions before "
|
||
"committing to a purchase."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo *Sales*, it's very easy to include default terms and conditions on"
|
||
" every quotation, sales order, and invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Default terms and conditions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll"
|
||
" to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` heading, and check the box beside the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Default Terms & Conditions` feature to activate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to enable Default Terms and Conditions on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the "
|
||
"*Accounting* app, and **not** in the settings of the *Sales* app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Settings` of the :menuselection:`Accounting` application, "
|
||
"after activating the :guilabel:`Default Terms & Conditions` feature, a field"
|
||
" appears beneath the feature. In this field, specific terms and conditions "
|
||
"can be entered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Default Terms and Conditions on quotation on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to save the terms and conditions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"These terms and conditions appear on every quotation, sales order, and "
|
||
"invoice."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Default terms and conditions can be applied to quotation templates, as well,"
|
||
" depending on the specific needs of the business. This is useful when "
|
||
"various terms and conditions are used within a company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a quotation template is used on a quotation, the quotation uses the "
|
||
"terms and conditions specified on that template, over the terms and "
|
||
"conditions specified in the settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Quotation Templates` to view all the quotation templates. From here, either "
|
||
"select a template or create a new one, via the :guilabel:`Create` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the desired quotation template form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and "
|
||
"enter in specific terms and conditions that should be applied to this "
|
||
"quotation template, at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Lines` tab. Once done, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add Default Terms and Conditions to quotation templates on Odoo Sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Attachment on confirmation emails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Terms and conditions can also be sent as an attachment on the confirmation "
|
||
"email of a quotation template."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Quotation Templates` and create a new quotation template (via the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` button), or modify an existing one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the desired quotation template form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmation` tab, there are options to activate an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Online Signature`, :guilabel:`Online Payment`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Confirmation Mail` field to reveal a drop-down menu "
|
||
"from which an email template can be chosen or created. To create a new email"
|
||
" template from here, start typing the name of this new template, and then "
|
||
"select :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`, which reveals a :guilabel:`Create: "
|
||
"Confirmation Mail` pop-up form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this pop-up form, customize the email message in a number of different "
|
||
"ways, but be sure to click :guilabel:`Attachments` at the bottom of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Content` tab to add the desired terms and conditions attachment "
|
||
"to the mailing. Once done, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Terms and conditions as attachment in quotation templates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Website page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the Odoo *Website* application to create a terms and conditions page. To"
|
||
" do that, first navigate to the front-end of the website, via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Website app --> Go to Website`. From here, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`+ New` in the top right corner of the page, then select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Page`. Give the terms and conditions page a title in the pop-up "
|
||
"form that appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, decide if this page should be accessible via the main website header "
|
||
"menu, using the :guilabel:`Add to menu` toggle in the pop-up form, and click"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Continue` to create the new page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals a blank page on the website that can be fully customized "
|
||
"and edited with Odoo's drag-and-drop building blocks. Use those building "
|
||
"blocks to add the terms and conditions to the page, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget to publish the page, via the :guilabel:`Unpublished` / "
|
||
":guilabel:`Published` toggle at the top of the page. Unpublished pages will "
|
||
"**not** be accessible to website visitors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Terms and Conditions on a website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This terms and conditions page can be linked in the footer of all documents,"
|
||
" if desired. To do that, access the document layout by navigating to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Settings` app. In the :guilabel:`General Settings`, under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Business Documents` heading, click :guilabel:`Configure "
|
||
"Document Layout` (located beneath :guilabel:`Document Layout`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Configure your document layout` pop-up form. "
|
||
"On this form, in the :guilabel:`Footer` field, enter the URL for the terms "
|
||
"and conditions page on the website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It's good practice to also provide a brief title prefacing the URL, so "
|
||
"customers know what the link leads to when they see it on the footer of "
|
||
"documents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Terms and Conditions in business documents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:135
|
||
msgid "Email attachments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo provides the ability to attach an external document, such as one "
|
||
"containing terms and conditions, when quotations are sent by email to "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On a quotation, sales order, or other document, click the :guilabel:`Send by"
|
||
" Email` button to send an email to the customer. Then, on the email form, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Attach a File` to attach the terms and conditions document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Terms and conditions as attachment in emails."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr "Subskrypcje"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Subscriptions** is used to run recurring businesses: sell new "
|
||
"contracts, upsell customers, keep the churn under control and have reporting"
|
||
" on the main KPIs: MRR, ARR, retention, churn, upselling, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/subscription-20>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add subscription products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**"
|
||
" application, you must follow these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8
|
||
msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9
|
||
msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other "
|
||
"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the "
|
||
"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how "
|
||
"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility "
|
||
"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to "
|
||
"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the "
|
||
"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products "
|
||
"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. "
|
||
"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:0
|
||
msgid "View of a subscription product form in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the "
|
||
"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a "
|
||
"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this "
|
||
"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another"
|
||
" application, it is not the case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39
|
||
msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage "
|
||
"your own :doc:`Subscription templates "
|
||
"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating "
|
||
"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on"
|
||
" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products "
|
||
"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales "
|
||
"flow."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use subscription templates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering "
|
||
"why?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7
|
||
msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have "
|
||
"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the "
|
||
"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need"
|
||
" it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring "
|
||
"revenue**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer"
|
||
" retention."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They "
|
||
"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly "
|
||
"revenues and adding value to your business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates "
|
||
"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace."
|
||
" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own "
|
||
"subscription templates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription "
|
||
"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - "
|
||
"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create "
|
||
"your own ones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Default subscription templates on Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**"
|
||
" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Create your first template"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you "
|
||
"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing "
|
||
"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per "
|
||
"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the "
|
||
"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a "
|
||
"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field "
|
||
"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to "
|
||
"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an "
|
||
"invoice email template to your subscription templates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create your own subscription templates on Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able"
|
||
" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic "
|
||
"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* "
|
||
"options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying "
|
||
"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points "
|
||
"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation,"
|
||
" complaints, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Terms & conditions on Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your "
|
||
"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health "
|
||
"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a"
|
||
" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically "
|
||
"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able "
|
||
"to manage them in one click."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Health check on Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our "
|
||
"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription "
|
||
"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to "
|
||
"complete the sales flow."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Follow-up"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up automatic alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date "
|
||
"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would "
|
||
"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things "
|
||
"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably "
|
||
"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, "
|
||
"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would "
|
||
"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for "
|
||
"their dissatisfaction."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\""
|
||
" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your "
|
||
"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send "
|
||
"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is"
|
||
" now possible."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Create a new automatic alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send "
|
||
"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of "
|
||
"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose"
|
||
" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or "
|
||
"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can "
|
||
"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a "
|
||
"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the "
|
||
"stage to which you want to apply this alert."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage "
|
||
"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the "
|
||
"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time "
|
||
"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the "
|
||
"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is "
|
||
"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the"
|
||
" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have "
|
||
"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, "
|
||
"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the"
|
||
" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, "
|
||
"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. "
|
||
"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an "
|
||
"*Email template* can be chosen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the "
|
||
"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear "
|
||
"in the chatter of your respective subscription."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less"
|
||
" satisfied clients*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and "
|
||
"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is "
|
||
"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is "
|
||
"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and "
|
||
"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert "
|
||
"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they "
|
||
"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and "
|
||
"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Generate subscription reports"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, "
|
||
"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services "
|
||
"or products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall "
|
||
"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following "
|
||
"reports:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important "
|
||
"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with"
|
||
" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to "
|
||
"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based "
|
||
"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this"
|
||
" estimation does not take variations and growth into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Difference between MRR and ARR in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything"
|
||
" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a"
|
||
" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of "
|
||
"businesses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue "
|
||
"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a "
|
||
"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the "
|
||
"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers "
|
||
"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can "
|
||
"distinguish two types of Churn:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35
|
||
msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss "
|
||
"rate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** "
|
||
"of 15%."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a "
|
||
"**Revenue Churn**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0
|
||
msgid "of 9,33%."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Difference between logo churn and revenue churn in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the "
|
||
"time, it might not be the case all the time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be "
|
||
"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach "
|
||
"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a "
|
||
"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo "
|
||
"Subscriptions** application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Subscriptions analysis report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From "
|
||
"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly "
|
||
"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, "
|
||
"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example,"
|
||
" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the"
|
||
" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by "
|
||
"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Retention analysis report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The "
|
||
"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate "
|
||
"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, "
|
||
"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can"
|
||
" see the progression of the retention from its start."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Retention analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86
|
||
msgid "Revenue KPIs report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From "
|
||
"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net "
|
||
"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-"
|
||
"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on "
|
||
"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking"
|
||
" for specific information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Revenue KPIs report in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At "
|
||
"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new "
|
||
"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get "
|
||
"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific"
|
||
" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Salesperson dashboard report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson "
|
||
"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring "
|
||
"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-"
|
||
"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period "
|
||
"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Sales flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Close a subscription"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort"
|
||
" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many "
|
||
"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this "
|
||
"happening."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and "
|
||
"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how "
|
||
"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who "
|
||
"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is "
|
||
"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your "
|
||
"subscription status."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to "
|
||
"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of "
|
||
"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain "
|
||
"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By "
|
||
"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers"
|
||
" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the "
|
||
"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide "
|
||
"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions "
|
||
"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and"
|
||
" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription "
|
||
"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or "
|
||
"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing"
|
||
" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by "
|
||
"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close"
|
||
" their own subscriptions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription "
|
||
"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to "
|
||
"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the "
|
||
"**Odoo Subscriptions** application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Close your first subscription"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Administrator view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is "
|
||
"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In "
|
||
"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Close your subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo "
|
||
"Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For "
|
||
"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my "
|
||
"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately "
|
||
"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the "
|
||
"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the "
|
||
"subscription."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst-1
|
||
msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Customer view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the "
|
||
"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your "
|
||
"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer "
|
||
"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close "
|
||
"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close "
|
||
"Subscription* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Close your subscription from a customer point of view with Odoo "
|
||
"Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling "
|
||
"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"What happens when customers close their subscription with Odoo "
|
||
"Subscriptions?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her "
|
||
"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the "
|
||
"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the "
|
||
"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing "
|
||
"text added by the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"What happens when customers close their subscription in Odoo Subscriptions?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to "
|
||
":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products "
|
||
"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how "
|
||
"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, "
|
||
"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time "
|
||
"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you "
|
||
"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of"
|
||
" product or service through a subscription business model."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation "
|
||
"including subscription products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Create your first quotation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation"
|
||
" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates "
|
||
"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to "
|
||
"add :doc:`Subscription products "
|
||
"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your "
|
||
"templates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo "
|
||
"Subscriptions**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and"
|
||
" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously "
|
||
"configured as a *Subscription product*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a quotation form in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your "
|
||
"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the "
|
||
"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* "
|
||
"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of"
|
||
" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Customer preview of a quotation form in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, "
|
||
"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are "
|
||
"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate "
|
||
"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is "
|
||
"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button "
|
||
"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Quotation form in Odoo Sales with a button \"Subscriptions\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of "
|
||
"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: "
|
||
":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close "
|
||
"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell "
|
||
"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Use of the intelligent button \"Subscriptions\" in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a "
|
||
"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is "
|
||
"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*."
|
||
" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status "
|
||
"becomes *Closed*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Renew a subscription"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of "
|
||
"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for "
|
||
"access to a product or a service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or "
|
||
"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription"
|
||
" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, "
|
||
"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one "
|
||
"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as"
|
||
" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and "
|
||
"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Renew your first subscription"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on "
|
||
"how to :doc:`Create a quotation "
|
||
"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription "
|
||
"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a "
|
||
"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has "
|
||
"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the "
|
||
"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you "
|
||
"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag "
|
||
"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This "
|
||
"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just "
|
||
"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears "
|
||
"on the top right corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Customer preview of a renewal with Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a "
|
||
"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is"
|
||
" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the "
|
||
"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first"
|
||
" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their "
|
||
"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal "
|
||
"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by "
|
||
"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is "
|
||
"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Renew a quotation with Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders "
|
||
"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the "
|
||
"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you "
|
||
"can easily visualize which one is your renewal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Renewal as Subscription Management form in Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find "
|
||
"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the "
|
||
"filter *To renew*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"List view of all subscriptions and use of the filter to renew in Odoo "
|
||
"Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Upsell a subscription"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our "
|
||
"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices "
|
||
"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two "
|
||
"situations can happen:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. "
|
||
"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying"
|
||
" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them "
|
||
"something additional than it would be to a new customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with "
|
||
"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every "
|
||
"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers "
|
||
"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also "
|
||
"increases their retention."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is "
|
||
"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the "
|
||
"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales "
|
||
"order lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Upsell your first subscription"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on "
|
||
"how to :doc:`Create a quotation "
|
||
"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription "
|
||
"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a "
|
||
"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has "
|
||
"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell "
|
||
"your subscription."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Upsell your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation "
|
||
"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo "
|
||
"Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to"
|
||
" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the "
|
||
"remaining time of the current invoicing period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can "
|
||
"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The "
|
||
"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's "
|
||
"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign "
|
||
"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit "
|
||
"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* "
|
||
"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line "
|
||
"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer "
|
||
"wanted to purchase."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Visualize all your subscriptions updates with Odoo Subscriptions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your "
|
||
"sales orders in a list view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst-1
|
||
msgid "List view of all sales orders created for a subscription"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description "
|
||
"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily "
|
||
"visualize which one is your upselling."
|
||
msgstr ""
|